Mailinglist Archive: opensuse-translation-commit (61 mails)

< Previous Next >
[opensuse-translation-commit] r97346 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot
Author: sbrabec
Date: 2017-05-16 18:55:19 +0000 (Tue, 16 May 2017)
New Revision: 97346

Modified:
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/s390.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot
Log:
Update SLE12 SP3 yast pot files.


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -71,13 +71,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""

-#. set addon specific sig-handling
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL
+#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191
msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""

#. just report error
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@

#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
#. package dependencies.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:53+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:53+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1445
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST";
msgstr ""

@@ -400,8 +400,8 @@
#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
#. unloading after end of block.
#. @param [String] package to load
-#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
-#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#. @yield context when extension is available
+#. @raise [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
#.
#. @example
#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1254
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""

@@ -465,9 +465,19 @@
"%2"
msgstr ""

+#. TRANSLATORS: an error message
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:431
+msgid "Downloading the installer extension package failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error message
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:435
+msgid "Extracting the installer extension failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1391
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr ""

@@ -1073,6 +1083,12 @@
msgid "Start now"
msgstr ""

+#. Widget representing input field for testing keyboard layout.
+#. Its value is ignored and never used anywhere.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/widgets.rb:35
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
@@ -1698,7 +1714,7 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually
#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default.
#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
-#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]()
+#. @return Content for the `SetWizardContent[Buttons]()`
#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table>
#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr>
#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr>
@@ -1930,27 +1946,27 @@
msgstr ""

#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:243
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""

#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:245
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""

#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:247
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""

#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:249
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1051
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -1960,72 +1976,72 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1528
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1536
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1538
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1540
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1544
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1546
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1548
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1687
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1695
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1697
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1701
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1703
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1722
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""

#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2378
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""

@@ -2034,9 +2050,9 @@
#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @param [String] service_name name including the "service:" prefix
+#. @param [String] silent whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found
#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
@@ -2046,7 +2062,7 @@
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service
definition
+#. @param [Hash<String, Array<String>>] store_definition of full service
definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
#. @see #IsKnownService
@@ -2222,7 +2238,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:851
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2230,7 +2246,7 @@

#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:982
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2240,60 +2256,60 @@
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:993
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""

#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1001
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1015
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1053
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1081
msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1088
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr ""

#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1268
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1279
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1263
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr ""

@@ -2301,27 +2317,27 @@
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:428
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:433
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "DSL"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:291
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:292
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:449
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:450
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:672
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:673
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""

@@ -2331,326 +2347,326 @@
#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1192
msgid "ATM"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
msgid "Bond"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232
msgid "FICON"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1233
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1276
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1271
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1277
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296
msgid "USB"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1306
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1302
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311
msgid "TUN"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313
msgid "TAP"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr ""

#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr ""

@@ -2713,7 +2729,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:271
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2724,14 +2740,14 @@
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:336
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""

-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:342
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -3641,7 +3657,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:266
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3655,7 +3671,7 @@
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:280
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3666,17 +3682,16 @@
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""

-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:300
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr ""

-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:302
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -3687,7 +3702,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:359
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
@@ -3699,62 +3714,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:375
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr ""

-#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
-msgid "ID: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
-msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
-msgid "Name: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
-msgid "Created: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
-msgid "Expires: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
-msgid "ID: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
-msgid "Name: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
-msgid "Fingerprint: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
-msgid "Created: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
-msgid "Expires: "
-msgstr ""
-
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete
description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:422
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3768,7 +3733,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description
of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:436
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -3782,12 +3747,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:458
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex
multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3800,7 +3765,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline
description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -3812,13 +3777,20 @@
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""

+#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
+#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:518
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1009
+msgid "ID: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:526
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for
the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:574
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3832,7 +3804,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the
key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:588
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -3846,17 +3818,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:609
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr ""

#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:649
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -3866,7 +3838,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:657
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
@@ -3875,7 +3847,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:667
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3883,7 +3855,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -3892,23 +3864,23 @@
msgstr ""

#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:715
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:729
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:762
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3922,12 +3894,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:779
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr ""

#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is
the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -3941,10 +3913,53 @@
msgstr ""

#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr ""

+#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1018
+msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1024
+msgid "Name: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1030
+msgid "Created: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
+msgid "Expires: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1059
+msgid "ID: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1065
+msgid "Name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1078
+msgid "Fingerprint: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1089
+msgid "Created: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1100
+msgid "Expires: "
+msgstr ""
+
#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
#. these are the initial values
#. Return the description for the current stage.
@@ -3980,11 +3995,11 @@
msgstr ""

#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in
rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:642
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:643
msgid ""
"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
@@ -3993,44 +4008,44 @@
msgstr ""

#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:661
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""

#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:673
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""

#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:677
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:716
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:754
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""

#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:826
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""

#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:838
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""

@@ -4628,7 +4643,7 @@
#. Runs arguments without changed root.
#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter
docs
#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
-#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:64
msgid ""
"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
@@ -4655,7 +4670,7 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
#. a comma separated list of file names.
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:237
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
@@ -4671,7 +4686,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -4859,8 +4874,8 @@

#. fallback name for the dialog title
#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1138
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1192
msgid "Module"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC
(rev 97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC
(rev 97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -154,86 +154,88 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84
msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
msgid "no"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""

#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation
short.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally
specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212
msgid ""
"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
msgid ""
"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""

#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226
msgid ""
"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
"install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231
msgid ""
"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot"
"\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237
msgid ""
"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
"install</a>)"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242
msgid ""
"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
"\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""

#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267
msgid ""
"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
"are doing please select above location."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""

@@ -360,6 +362,10 @@
"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
"chip).</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307
+msgid ""
"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -367,7 +373,7 @@
#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331
msgid ""
"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
@@ -375,37 +381,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363
msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""

#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. "
@@ -420,7 +426,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470
msgid ""
"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display "
"resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when "
@@ -434,19 +440,19 @@
msgstr ""

#. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507
msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments."
msgstr ""

#. Translators: do not translate "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514
msgid ""
"To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n"
"The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n"
"%s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""

@@ -454,40 +460,40 @@
#. to be substituted in a command like
#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM"
#. so do not use punctuation
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
msgid "NUM"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr ""

#. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655
msgid ""
"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -498,40 +504,40 @@
msgstr ""

#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744
msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773
msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""

#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799
msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -541,17 +547,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826
msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851
msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr ""

#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or
password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921
msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""

#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""

#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-06 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-06 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr ""

@@ -123,11 +123,12 @@

#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is
configured"
+msgid ""
+"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""

@@ -137,347 +138,352 @@

#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
msgid ""
-"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to
passiv"
-"e."
+"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to "
+"passive."
msgstr ""

#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452
msgid "Channel"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
-msgid "Multicast Port:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482
+msgid "Port:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr ""

#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""

#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid ""
-"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate
/etc/corosync/a"
-"uthkey."
+"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/"
+"authkey."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729
msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other
node"
-"s manually."
+"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
+"nodes manually."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""

#. servie:cluster is the name of
/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""

#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""

#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""

#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""

#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""

#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""

#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between
cluste"
-"r nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
+"cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""

#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address
whi"
-"ch the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in
zero"
-". If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set
bindnetad"
-"dr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6
ne"
-"tworking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and
"
-"there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a
specific"
-" subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be
spe"
-"cified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used
b"
-"y openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the
n"
-"etwork administrator should be queried about a multicast address to
use."
-" Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This
may "
-"also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be
used."
-" If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is
poss"
-"ible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais
servic"
-"es configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in
th"
-"e cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast).
"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
+"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
+"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
+"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
+"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
+"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
+"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
+"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
+"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but "
+"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address "
+"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address."
+"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 "
+"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must "
+"be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
+"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
+"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
+"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
+"udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
+"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
+"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
+"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from "
+"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
+"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
+"not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
+"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
+"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
+"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
+"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
+"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
+"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
+"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
+"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen."
"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional
whe"
-"n using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value
specifyin"
-"g the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this
is"
-" not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit
"
-"IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0.
"
-" The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be
used.<br></"
-"p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring,
wh"
-"ich may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers
slightly"
-" lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but
w"
-"ith less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the
"
-"totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final
opti"
-"on is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate
t"
-"he totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is
a"
-"utomatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only
a"
-"ctive or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum.
"
-"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in
co"
-"rosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can
b"
-"e specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node
n"
-"umble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the
va"
-"lue will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using
IP"
-"v6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
+"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
+"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast "
+"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should "
+"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in "
+"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated."
+"<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
+"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1
a"
-"uthentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further
specifi"
-"es that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption
algorit"
-"hm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte
he"
-"ader to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput.
Encryptio"
-"n and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with
g"
-"prof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame
transmissi"
-"ons: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this
op"
-"tion is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20%
cpu"
-" utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks
"
-"with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this
"
-"option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when
"
-"this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
+"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
+"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 "
+"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this "
+"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces "
+"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles "
+"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks "
+"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible "
+"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A "
+"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option "
+"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame "
+"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is "
+"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this "
+"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot
or no"
-"t</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall
is "
-"enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
+"or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when "
+"Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the
local "
-"hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same
strin"
-"g as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be
synced.</"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
+"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
+"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
+"synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed "
+"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is "
+"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup "
+"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</"
"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using
th"
-"e IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with
c"
-"sync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to
all"
-" members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface
fo"
-"r syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may
"
-"have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated
networ"
-"k interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be
used f"
-"or syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for
syn"
-"cing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network "
+"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for "
+"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
+"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
+"used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
+"syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
@@ -50,9 +50,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid ""
-"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
-"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
-"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings\n"
"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -92,10 +92,8 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""

@@ -108,183 +106,167 @@
msgstr ""

#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Services Configuration"
msgstr ""

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
-msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
+msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""

#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
-msgid "Network Autosetup"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr ""

#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
-msgid "Installer Update"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr ""

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""

@@ -302,18 +284,17 @@
" "
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""

+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""

@@ -359,7 +340,9 @@
msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
msgstr ""

+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
msgstr ""

@@ -379,11 +362,78 @@
msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
msgstr ""

+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+msgid ""
+"Computer Role is a predefined use case which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+msgid ""
+"<p>The computer role adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to running additional services. By choosing a computer role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the "
+"<em>Custom</em> role\n"
+"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern "
+"selection. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+msgid "Workstation with KDE Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid ""
+"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as "
+"mailer,\n"
+"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web "
+"browsers.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+msgid "Workstation with GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgid ""
+"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as "
+"mailer,\n"
+"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+" "
msgstr ""

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+msgid ""
+"Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user and "
+"have only command line."
msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+msgid ""
+"Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that fits "
+"his requirements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+msgid "Custom Pattern Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
+msgid "Online Repositories"
+msgstr ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-11 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
#. is installed
#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
+msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
@@ -250,12 +249,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed
Servic"
-"e</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed "
+"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n"
-"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network
will"
-"\n"
+"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network "
+"will\n"
"be unprotected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -263,13 +262,13 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n"
-"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC
po"
-"rts and\n"
+"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC "
+"ports and\n"
"IP protocols.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
-"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or
<tt>nlockmgr</"
-"tt>).\n"
+"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or "
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -278,10 +277,10 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your
fi"
-"rewall and allows\n"
-"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet,
tr"
-"ansparently. Requests\n"
+"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your "
+"firewall and allows\n"
+"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, "
+"transparently. Requests\n"
"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n"
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
"to the external network.</p>\n"
@@ -291,52 +290,52 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal
network"
-", it is possible to\n"
-"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal
IP"
-". \n"
-"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect
form.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal "
+"network, it is possible to\n"
+"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal "
+"IP. \n"
+"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form."
+"</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press
<b>Delete</b"
-">.</p>\n"
+"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</"
+"b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to
fin"
-"d \n"
+"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to "
+"find \n"
"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n"
-"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues
usin"
-"g broadcast packets.</p>\n"
+"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues "
+"using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add
nee"
-"ded broadcast\n"
-"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated
por"
-"ts for\n"
+"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add "
+"needed broadcast\n"
+"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated "
+"ports for\n"
"particular zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of
pack"
-"ets in wider networks.\n"
-"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast
P"
-"ackets</b>\n"
+"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of "
+"packets in wider networks.\n"
+"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast "
+"Packets</b>\n"
"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their
repl"
-"y\n"
-"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP
browsing"
-".</p>\n"
+"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their "
+"reply\n"
+"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP "
+"browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the
firewa"
-"ll. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
-"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also
c"
-"hoose from\n"
+"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the "
+"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also "
+"choose from\n"
"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -344,30 +343,31 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks
thro"
-"ugh untrusted networks, such as\n"
+"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks "
+"through untrusted networks, such as\n"
"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n"
"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n"
-"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the
in"
-"ternal zone.</p>\n"
+"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the "
+"internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings.
Here,\n"
-"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not
logge"
-"d at all.</p>\n"
+"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. "
+"Here,\n"
+"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not "
+"logged at all.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and
<b>N"
-"ot Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
-"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b>
for"
-" logging every\n"
-"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do
N"
-"ot Log Any</b>\n"
+"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and "
+"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
+"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> "
+"for logging every\n"
+"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do "
+"Not Log Any</b>\n"
"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -376,23 +376,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n"
"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
-"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each
firewall"
-" zone.\n"
+"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each "
+"firewall zone.\n"
"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n"
"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the
following"
-" items in the summary:</p>\n"
+"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the "
+"following items in the summary:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration
name"
-" and device name.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration "
+"name and device name.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network
"
-"services, additional\n"
-"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC
(Re"
-"mote Procedure Call)\n"
+"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed "
+"network services, additional\n"
+"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC "
+"(Remote Procedure Call)\n"
"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by
spaces.<"
-"/p>"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces."
+"</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6
@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@
#. please, do not modify examples
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that
represen"
-"t\n"
+"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that "
+"represent\n"
"all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n"
"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n"
"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
@@ -454,8 +454,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network
a"
-"ttacks.</p>\n"
+"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
+"attacks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886
msgid "&Service to Allow"
msgstr ""

@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""

@@ -1030,8 +1030,8 @@

#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486
msgid ""
-"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source
p"
-"ort: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
+"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source "
+"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492
@@ -1071,7 +1071,8 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622
-msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been
written"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
@@ -1098,55 +1099,72 @@

#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall
#. to be stopped after exiting YaST
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148
msgid "Stopping firewall..."
msgstr ""

+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161
+msgid "The firewall could not be stopped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164
+msgid "The firewall could not be started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169
+msgid ""
+"%s\n"
+"Please verify your system and try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205
msgid "No zone assigned"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245
msgid "Custom string"
msgstr ""

#. interface could be unassigned
#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309
msgid "No Zone Assigned"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508
msgid "Port number %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number,
#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was
found
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513
msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521
msgid "Invalid Port Definition"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number
#. that is possible to use in port-range
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527
msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605
msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608
msgid ""
"Port range %1 is invalid.\n"
"It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n"
@@ -1154,12 +1172,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625
msgid "Unknown Port Name"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628
msgid ""
"Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n"
"It probably would not work.\n"
@@ -1167,12 +1185,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657
msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be
quite long)
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660
msgid ""
"It appears that the additional service settings\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1186,22 +1204,23 @@
#. )
#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
-msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other
interface."
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
+msgid ""
+"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077
msgid "This entry must be completed."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this
message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101
msgid "Wrong port definition."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128
msgid ""
"Wrong port definition.\n"
"No port number found for this port name.\n"
@@ -1209,17 +1228,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157
msgid "Invalid IP definition."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484
msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545
msgid ""
"Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n"
"but firewall is currently running.\n"
@@ -1228,71 +1247,71 @@
msgstr ""

#. network is mandatory
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931
msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'"
msgstr ""

#. destination port is optional
#. source port is optional
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773
msgid "Invalid port range '%1'"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945
msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848
msgid "All services using UDP"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850
msgid "All services using TCP"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852
msgid "Samba browsing"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854
msgid "SLP browsing"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866
msgid "All networks"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868
msgid "Subnet: %1"
msgstr ""

#. hard-coded default
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990
msgid "User-defined service"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015
msgid "Po&rt"
msgstr ""

#. redraw table
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110
msgid "Select an item to delete."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC
(rev 97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC
(rev 97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""

#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""

#. translators: dialog text

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC
(rev 97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC
(rev 97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -17,6 +17,20 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11
+msgid "Setting default target and system services ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Proposal client for Network configuration
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20
+msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25
+msgid "preformatted_proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
@@ -472,7 +486,7 @@
#. download release notes now
#. push button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
@@ -781,14 +795,14 @@
#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -842,37 +856,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""

#. some steps are called in live installer only
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553
msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""

@@ -1005,45 +1019,6 @@
"Check the log file %1 for details."
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-"number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-"ones \n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
-msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
-"the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
-"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. UI wait loop
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"No desktop type was selected.\n"
-"Select the desired desktop environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. BNC #449818
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
@@ -1230,32 +1205,8 @@
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
-"from the registration server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
-#. URL from control.xml
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238
-msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
-#.
-#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration
servers
-#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc
if SCC is selected;
-#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315
-msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"to search for installer updates."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:228
msgid ""
"A valid update could not be found at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1263,7 +1214,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:235
msgid ""
"Could not fetch update from\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1278,7 +1229,7 @@
#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network
configuration
#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
#. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:259
msgid ""
"\n"
"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1288,7 +1239,7 @@
#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:297
msgid ""
"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
"%s\n"
@@ -1302,26 +1253,26 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:382
msgid "Add Update Repository"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:383
msgid "Download the Packages"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:384
msgid "Apply the Packages"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:385
msgid "Restart"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:398
msgid "Updating the Installer..."
msgstr ""

@@ -1330,7 +1281,7 @@
#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
#.
#. @see Yast::Profile.current
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:469
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1605,6 +1556,15 @@
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr ""

+#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the
+#. specific configuration for the current system role.
+#.
+#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only
+#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35
+msgid "Writing specific role configuration ..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
@@ -1725,6 +1685,12 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr ""

+#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's
+#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
@@ -1755,20 +1721,6 @@
msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#. TODO: Add the registration process
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45
-msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52
-msgid "Worker Registration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58
-msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
-msgstr ""
-
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
@@ -1977,7 +1929,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
msgstr ""

@@ -2031,6 +1983,35 @@
msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
msgstr ""

+#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration
servers
+#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc
if SCC is selected;
+#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
+#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:243
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"to search for installer updates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
+"from the registration server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
+#. URL from control.xml
+#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:270
+msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sets flag if online repositories dialog should be shown
+#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:13
+msgid "Configure On-line Repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC
(rev 97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC
(rev 97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -38,8 +38,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr ""

@@ -93,6 +92,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
msgid "Path"
msgstr ""

@@ -522,14 +522,14 @@
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
-msgid "Path:"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid "Browse"
msgstr ""

+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
+msgid "Name (autogenerated when empty)"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr ""
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470
-msgid "Change:"
+msgid "Change"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645
-msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgid "Initiator name"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704
-msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgid "New initiator name"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-31 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""

@@ -1156,138 +1156,138 @@

#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash
#. @return [Boolean] whether successful
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""

#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""

#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""

#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with
actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917
msgid ""
"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but "
"only %{available} are available."
msgstr ""

#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-08 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-08 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""

@@ -630,7 +630,9 @@
msgstr ""

#. Table header label
+#. Table header 3/4
#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr ""

@@ -713,13 +715,13 @@

#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""

#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""

@@ -2128,19 +2130,23 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
-"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+"and netmask. You can use either IPv4 netmask or prefix length when defining\n"
+"network part of route. Prefix length has to be prefixed using '/'.\n"
+"To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed."
-"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n"
+"Please note that in case of IPv6 networks only prefix length is accepted\n"
+"for netmask definition.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2148,7 +2154,7 @@
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone "
"is not enough. \n"
@@ -2156,7 +2162,7 @@
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP "
@@ -2172,7 +2178,7 @@
"connected to more DHCP networks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
@@ -2184,14 +2190,14 @@
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2199,7 +2205,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2208,7 +2214,7 @@
"(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the "
"DNS domain\n"
@@ -2219,7 +2225,7 @@
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
@@ -2231,7 +2237,7 @@
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2245,7 +2251,7 @@

#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
@@ -2253,21 +2259,21 @@
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS."
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2275,7 +2281,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
@@ -2285,7 +2291,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
"your computer, and the \n"
@@ -2294,7 +2300,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
@@ -2305,19 +2311,19 @@
msgstr ""

#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2328,13 +2334,13 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2345,7 +2351,7 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
@@ -2353,12 +2359,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for "
@@ -2369,7 +2375,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP "
@@ -2385,21 +2391,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
"legacy. The total\n"
@@ -2409,7 +2415,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296
msgid ""
"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter "
"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
@@ -2418,7 +2424,7 @@
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2435,13 +2441,13 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:314
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2450,7 +2456,7 @@
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2462,7 +2468,7 @@
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2483,7 +2489,7 @@
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2493,7 +2499,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2503,13 +2509,13 @@
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:367
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3356,11 +3362,6 @@
msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway"
msgstr ""

-#. Table header 3/4
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
-msgid "Genmask"
-msgstr ""
-
#. CheckBox label
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110
msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding"
@@ -3379,40 +3380,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
-msgid "Ge&nmask"
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189
+msgid "&Netmask"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""

@@ -4053,27 +4054,27 @@
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1343
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""

#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""

#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""

#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""

@@ -4085,63 +4086,63 @@
#.
#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value")
#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build
item
#. overview. Check and remove.
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1446 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1502
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1508
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506
msgid ""
"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan "
"devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""

@@ -4151,11 +4152,11 @@
#. @param [String] ifcfg_type
#. @param [String] ifcfg_name
#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces
enslaved
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2547
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2550
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548
msgid "Bridge Ports"
msgstr ""

@@ -4216,21 +4217,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""

@@ -4239,22 +4240,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-29 02:28+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-29 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-29 02:28+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-29 02:28+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1206 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@

#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1211
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1219
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:461
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""

@@ -1548,14 +1548,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304
msgid ""
"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-"
"bit distribution."
msgstr ""

#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320
msgid ""
"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
"installing the system.</P>"
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@

#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:329
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
msgid ""
"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if "
@@ -1581,118 +1581,118 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:360
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr ""

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or
system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:385
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr ""

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in
MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr ""

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected
packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:470
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr ""

#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497
msgid ""
"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
"media."
msgstr ""

#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:498
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501
msgid ""
"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation "
"media."
msgstr ""

#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:539
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542
msgid ""
"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
"start installation."
msgstr ""

#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr ""

#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr ""

#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr ""

#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr ""

#. Check the YaST required packages.
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648
msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install."
msgstr ""

#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr ""

#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr ""

#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new
one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:719
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
msgstr ""

#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:736
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:737
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:763
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1705,12 +1705,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1500
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the "
"installation\n"
@@ -1719,68 +1719,68 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr ""

#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1549
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr ""

#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr ""

#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1814
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1816
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr ""

#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""

#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2198
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr ""

#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in
runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743
msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2735
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746
msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names
#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be
displayed
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2739
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750
msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC
(rev 97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC
(rev 97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -33,10 +33,10 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Registration"
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr ""

@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""

@@ -372,8 +372,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""

@@ -429,6 +429,20 @@
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
msgstr ""

+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to
+#. the list of products that will be downgraded.
+#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g
+#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"The addons listed below are registered but not installed: \n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to downgrade also them in the registration server? \n"
+"If not they will be deactivated. "
+msgstr ""
+
#. indent size used in summary text
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
@@ -551,40 +565,40 @@

#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97
-msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105
+msgid "&Hide Beta Versions"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99
-msgid "Details"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Details (English only)"
msgstr ""

#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr ""

#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr ""

#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr ""

#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific "
"registration code.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the "
"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
@@ -606,23 +620,6 @@
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""

-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
-msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid ""
@@ -687,7 +684,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""

@@ -716,7 +713,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""

@@ -763,51 +760,56 @@
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr ""

+#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232
+msgid ""
+"The registration URL provided by the command line is not valid.\n"
+"\n"
+"URL: %s\n"
+"\n"
+"The default one will be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257
msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300
msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr ""

-#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
-msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
-msgstr ""
-
#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr ""

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337
msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353
msgid ""
"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
"updates and extensions."
msgstr ""

#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -818,7 +820,7 @@

#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""

@@ -928,7 +930,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons,
#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts
#. the online migration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154
msgid ""
"The system is not registered,\n"
"to run the online migration you need\n"
@@ -936,17 +938,29 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198
msgid "No installed product found."
msgstr ""

+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not
+#. installed to the current migration products list.
+#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64'
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219
+msgid ""
+"The '%s' extension is registered but not installed.\n"
+"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be "
+"unregistered at the end of the migration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to add it?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242
msgid "No migration product found."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319
msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
msgstr ""

@@ -994,17 +1008,26 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr ""

+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211
+msgid ""
+"The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b> so "
+"it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and "
+"to configure the repositories manually in case of needed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234
msgid ""
"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server "
"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
@@ -1013,31 +1036,31 @@
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1
x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1046,6 +1069,49 @@
"available at the registration server."
msgstr ""

+#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed
+#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him
+#. to take some actions over them.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45
+msgid "Checking registration status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Ins&tall products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "&Deactivate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't
+#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102
+msgid ""
+"These addons were not installed:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (1/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153
+msgid "<p>The addons listed below are registered but not installed: </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (2/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your registration "
+"server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
@@ -1125,6 +1191,43 @@
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""

+#. encoding: utf-8
+#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact SUSE.
+#.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.suse.com.
+#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38
+msgid "Registration Code or SMT Server URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled
+#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances
+#. of RegistrationUI.
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92
+msgid "Not valid url."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not "
+"supported.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Constructor
#.
#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services
to show

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-07 01:29+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-07 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-11 02:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -18,52 +18,10 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
-#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53
+#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52
msgid "Configuration of reipl"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a device name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
-#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
-#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
-"with WWPN '%2'\n"
-"and LUN '%3'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
-"with an IPL from the device \n"
-"that contains /boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "Reipl"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85
-msgid "&Reipl"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Reipl configure dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100
@@ -244,33 +202,3 @@
#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
-
-#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323
-msgid "Configured reipl methods"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330
-msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332
-msgid "The method ccw is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335
-msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343
-msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345
-msgid "The method fcp is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348
-msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
-msgstr ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC
(rev 97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC
(rev 97346)
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bugzilla.opensuse.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-09 12:27+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-09 12:27+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-15 17:26+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-15 17:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
"Language-Team: openSUSE <opensuse-translation@xxxxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language: en\n"
@@ -69,6 +69,9 @@
msgid "Building"
msgstr ""

+msgid "C++"
+msgstr ""
+
msgid "CAD"
msgstr ""

@@ -114,9 +117,6 @@
msgid "Convertors"
msgstr ""

-msgid "Daemon"
-msgstr ""
-
msgid "Daemons"
msgstr ""

@@ -318,9 +318,6 @@
msgid "LXDE"
msgstr ""

-msgid "LXDE-Qt"
-msgstr ""
-
msgid "LXQt"
msgstr ""

@@ -354,6 +351,9 @@
msgid "Modem"
msgstr ""

+msgid "monitoring"
+msgstr ""
+
msgid "Monitoring"
msgstr ""

@@ -567,9 +567,6 @@
msgid "Terminals"
msgstr ""

-msgid "Tests"
-msgstr ""
-
msgid "TeX"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/s390.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/s390.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/s390.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. section name in proposal - menu item
-#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111
msgid "&DASD"
msgstr ""

@@ -63,24 +63,24 @@
msgstr ""

#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71
msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""

#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""

@@ -105,82 +105,82 @@
msgstr ""

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "&Activate"
msgstr ""

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "&Deactivate"
msgstr ""

#. menu button id
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "Set DIAG O&n"
msgstr ""

#. menu button id
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180
msgid "Set DIAG O&ff"
msgstr ""

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "&Format"
msgstr ""

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "Set Format On"
msgstr ""

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "Set Format Off"
msgstr ""

#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks"
msgstr ""

#. error popup message
#. error popup message
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""

#. 8 means disk is not formatted
#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149
msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152
msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?"
msgstr ""

#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258
msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "Disk %1 is not active."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing."
msgstr ""

#. popup question
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342
msgid ""
"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n"
"Really format the following disks?<br>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404
msgid "DASD Disk Management"
msgstr ""

@@ -196,111 +196,111 @@
#. table header
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125
msgid "Channel ID"
msgstr ""

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428
msgid "Use DIAG"
msgstr ""

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Device"
msgstr ""

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Access Type"
msgstr ""

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Formatted"
msgstr ""

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Partition Information"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID"
msgstr ""

#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr ""

#. menu button
#. menu button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Perform &Action"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "&Select All"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471
msgid "&Deselect All"
msgstr ""

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215
msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs."
msgstr ""

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Add New DASD Disk"
msgstr ""

#. text entry
#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "&Channel ID"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Format the Disk"
msgstr ""

#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602
msgid "Use &DIAG"
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624
msgid ""
"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -310,14 +310,14 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Not a valid channel ID."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423
msgid "Device already exists."
msgstr ""

@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@

#. Write dialog help 2/2
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>"
@@ -362,26 +362,26 @@

#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65
msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select
a"
"ll displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
@@ -389,14 +389,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n"
"The action will be performed immediately!</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n"
@@ -404,21 +404,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n"
"use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Disk add help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Initialization dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94
msgid "Controller Configuration"
msgstr ""

@@ -450,50 +450,50 @@
msgstr ""

#. Dump dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or
Z"
"FCP dialog.<br>"
msgstr ""

#. Dump dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67
msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be
shown.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Dump dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n"
"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Dump dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"
msgstr ""

#. Dump dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78
msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96
msgid "&ZFCP"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122
msgid "&Force overwrite of disk"
msgstr ""

#. prevent leading space
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186
msgid "You haven't selected any device."
msgstr ""

#. warn only in case of force
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191
msgid ""
"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will
b"
"e lost! Continue?"
@@ -516,18 +516,18 @@
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44
msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user
and"
" group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>,
defin"
"ed by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed
z"
@@ -535,32 +535,32 @@
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n"
"User</b> to remove users.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to
change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should
"
"be gathered.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72
msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and
"
"<b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
@@ -569,32 +569,32 @@
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login,
activat"
"e <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
"<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n"
"data will be stored there.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91
msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n"
"member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or
Desele"
@@ -602,14 +602,14 @@
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n"
"selection.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b>
in"
"put field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
@@ -618,23 +618,23 @@
msgstr ""

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119
msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users
a"
" <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
msgstr ""

#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or
jus"
"t confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is
enab"
@@ -826,87 +826,87 @@
msgstr ""

#. draw active tab
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594
msgid "&z/VM IDs"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
msgid "&TS-Shell"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
msgid "&IUCVConn"
msgstr ""

#. check and commit password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708
msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid."
msgstr ""

#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714
msgid "The username is not valid!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718
msgid "A home directory has to be specified!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751
msgid "Adding the user has failed."
msgstr ""

#. delete group entry if disabled
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843
msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings"
msgstr ""

#. update screen
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863
msgid "New TS-Shell User"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876
msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization"
msgstr ""

#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name
specification
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not
allowed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not
allowed."
msgstr ""

#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required."
msgstr ""

#. check password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061
msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required."
msgstr ""

#. check home directory
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067
msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. update ts member selection
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415
msgid "The group name is not valid!"
msgstr ""

#. change tab selection back
#. check for z/VM ID entries
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575
msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs."
msgstr ""

@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131
msgid ""
"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix
&quot;<i>lxterm</i>&q"
"uot;, the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are
available.</p"
@@ -962,12 +962,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
msgstr ""

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes
to"
" enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login
p"
@@ -975,28 +975,28 @@
msgstr ""

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain
<b>termina"
"l servers</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one
separately.<"
"/p>"
msgstr ""

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages
to\n"
"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
msgstr ""

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156
msgid ""
"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add
<b>console=ttyS0<"
"/b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader
m"
@@ -1004,82 +1004,82 @@
msgstr ""

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161
msgid ""
"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the
"
"shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
msgstr ""

#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174
msgid "&IUCVtty"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188
msgid "I&UCVtty instances"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202
msgid "HVC"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212
msgid "H&VC instances"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
msgid "Restrict &access to"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229
msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237
msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0"
msgstr ""

#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330
msgid "Really leave without saving?"
msgstr ""

#. check iucv id
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339
msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid."
msgstr ""

#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349
msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid."
msgstr ""

#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380
msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62
msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD."
msgstr ""

#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108
msgid "On Panic Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111
msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic
occurs</b></p>"
msgstr ""

#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior
du"
"ring kernel panics.</p>"
@@ -1113,12 +1113,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133
msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified
pa"
"nic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes
"
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If
no"
" device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b>
dial"
@@ -1134,101 +1134,101 @@
msgstr ""

#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux
syste"
"m is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171
msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180
msgid "&Start Dumpconf"
msgstr ""

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194
msgid "&Panic Action"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197
msgid "Delay &Minutes"
msgstr ""

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207
msgid "&Dump Device"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211
msgid "&VMCMD"
msgstr ""

#. don't allow dumps if no device is available
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271
msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device."
msgstr ""

#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285
msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command."
msgstr ""

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr ""

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127
msgid "WWPN"
msgstr ""

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380
msgid ""
"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Add New ZFCP Device"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "Get WWPNs"
msgstr ""

#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "&WWPN"
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308
msgid "Get LUNs"
msgstr ""

#. combobox
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311
msgid "&LUN"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314
msgid ""
"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use
allow_lun_"
"scan."
@@ -1236,12 +1236,12 @@

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402
msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "The entered LUN is invalid."
msgstr ""

@@ -1253,26 +1253,26 @@
msgstr ""

#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59
msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -1280,11 +1280,11 @@

#. Disk selection dialog Warning
#. Disk selection dialog Warning
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n"
"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n"
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Disk add help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n"
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "&lt;devno&gt;" is displayed as
"<devno>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs
con"
"forming\n"
@@ -1318,95 +1318,95 @@

#. popup label
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153
msgid "Running mkinitrd."
msgstr ""

#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr ""

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356
msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks"
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515
msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523
msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438
msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470
msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479
msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488
msgid "%1: Could not load module."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497
msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506
msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571
msgid "%1: Unknown error %2."
msgstr ""

#. progress bar
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622
msgid "Formatting %1:"
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747
msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1."
msgstr ""

#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3
#. integers,
#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718
msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done"
msgstr ""

@@ -1445,9 +1445,9 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

@@ -1470,37 +1470,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147
msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)."
msgstr ""

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150
msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force."
msgstr ""

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155
msgid "Missing support programs."
msgstr ""

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158
msgid "Missing or wrong parameters."
msgstr ""

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161
msgid "Access problem."
msgstr ""

#. error description, %1 is error code (integer)
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164
msgid "Error code from support program: %1."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168
msgid ""
"Cannot create dump device %1:\n"
"%2"
@@ -1543,37 +1543,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. Inittab write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221
msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230
msgid "Write IUCVtty settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
msgid "Write HVC settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
msgid "Write kernel parameters"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238
msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
msgid "Writing HVC settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
msgid "Writing kernel parameters..."
msgstr ""

@@ -1584,27 +1584,27 @@

#. Read all settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316
msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325
msgid "Read configuration files"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327
msgid "Load user/group settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331
msgid "Reading configuration files..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333
msgid "Loading user/group settings..."
msgstr ""

@@ -1634,128 +1634,128 @@
msgstr ""

#. Dumpconf read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214
msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223
msgid "Checking dump devices"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225
msgid "Reading settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229
msgid "Checking dump devices..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Dumpconf write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256
msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr ""

#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348
msgid ""
"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n"
"You will have to set it manually."
msgstr ""

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366
msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
msgid "%1: WWPN invalid."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531
msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539
msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547
msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed."
msgstr ""

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555
msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
msgstr ""

#. message, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563
msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC
(rev 97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC
(rev 97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-05 02:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -1569,107 +1569,115 @@

#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186
+msgid ""
+"Cups is required by samba for printing to \n"
+"work correctly. Do you wish to disable printing?\n"
+"Note: To reenable printing you will need to \n"
+"manually enable the \"printers\" share and install cups."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Samba-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263
msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274
msgid "Write back-end settings"
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276
msgid "Write Samba accounts"
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278
msgid "Save firewall settings"
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287
msgid "Writing back-end settings..."
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289
msgid "Writing Samba accounts..."
msgstr ""

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291
msgid "Saving firewall settings..."
msgstr ""

#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgstr ""

#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414
msgid "Global Configuration:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416
#, perl-format
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s"
msgstr ""

#. summary item: selected role for the samba server
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420
#, perl-format
msgid "Role: %s"
msgstr ""

#. summary item: status of the samba service
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423
msgid "Samba server is disabled"
msgstr ""

#. summary heading: configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427
msgid "Share Configuration:"
msgstr ""

#. summary item: no configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433
msgid "None"
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 02:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-04 02:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr ""

@@ -262,8 +262,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837
msgid ""
-"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit
"
-"i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
+"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-"
+"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
msgstr ""

#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64:
@@ -378,8 +378,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active
scanner"
-"s.\n"
+"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active "
+"scanners.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -389,8 +389,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n"
"detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual
configurati"
-"on.\n"
+"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual "
+"configuration.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -417,8 +417,8 @@
"configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n"
"If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n"
"check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n"
-"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the
scanner."
-"\n"
+"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the "
+"scanner.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -431,8 +431,8 @@
"If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n"
"check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n"
"If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
-"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been
lo"
-"aded.\n"
+"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been "
+"loaded.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -446,8 +446,8 @@
"Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected to the parallel port,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run
hp-setup</b>"
-"\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</"
+"b>\n"
"before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -471,10 +471,10 @@
"connected to another host in the network.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run
hp-setup</b>"
-"\n"
-"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using
<b>Add</b>."
-"\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</"
+"b>\n"
+"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</"
+"b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

@@ -492,8 +492,8 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n"
"Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n"
"Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n"
-"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled
drivers"
-",\n"
+"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled "
+"drivers,\n"
"set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -513,8 +513,8 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible
rea"
-"sons are:\n"
+"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible "
+"reasons are:\n"
"The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n"
"the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n"
"(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n"
@@ -531,8 +531,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n"
-"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing
<b>Next</"
-"b>.\n"
+"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing "
+"<b>Next</b>.\n"
"The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n"
"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -544,19 +544,19 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver
avail"
-"able.\n"
-"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the
sane-backen"
-"ds package.\n"
-"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to
complete.<br>"
-"\n"
-"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver
doe"
-"s not work.\n"
+"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver "
+"available.\n"
+"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-"
+"backends package.\n"
+"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete."
+"<br>\n"
+"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver "
+"does not work.\n"
"Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n"
-"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver
intern"
-"als\n"
-"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained
driv"
-"er.\n"
+"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver "
+"internals\n"
+"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained "
+"driver.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -564,10 +564,10 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a
driver."
-"\n"
-"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an
unsuppo"
-"rted scanner.\n"
+"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a "
+"driver.\n"
+"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an "
+"unsupported scanner.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -589,18 +589,18 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n"
"To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n"
-"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also
"
-"possible.\n"
-"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this
lis"
-"t,\n"
-"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as
<tt>^Epson.*</"
-"tt>.\n"
-"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search
stri"
-"ng.\n"
-"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in
<tt>^Epson.*pe"
-"rfection</tt>\n"
-"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in
<tt>^Epson.*1200</"
-"tt>.\n"
+"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is "
+"also possible.\n"
+"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this "
+"list,\n"
+"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson."
+"*</tt>.\n"
+"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search "
+"string.\n"
+"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
+"*perfection</tt>\n"
+"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
+"*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""

@@ -610,8 +610,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n"
"The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n"
-"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press
<b>Next</b>."
-"\n"
+"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</"
+"b>.\n"
"If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -652,14 +652,14 @@
"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n"
"In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n"
-"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one
devices"
-":\n"
-"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer
available)"
-",\n"
-"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP
all-in-one"
-" devices,\n"
-"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio
dr"
-"iver.\n"
+"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one "
+"devices:\n"
+"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer "
+"available),\n"
+"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-"
+"one devices,\n"
+"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio "
+"driver.\n"
"Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n"
"but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n"
"Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n"
@@ -688,11 +688,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via
th"
-"e network,\n"
-"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a
server.\n"
-"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access
"
-"saned on your server.\n"
+"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via "
+"the network,\n"
+"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a "
+"server.\n"
+"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to "
+"access saned on your server.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n"
"or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n"
"If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n"
@@ -748,10 +749,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the
netwo"
-"rk,\n"
-"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the
servers"
-".\n"
+"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the "
+"network,\n"
+"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the "
+"servers.\n"
"The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n"
"In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n"
@@ -788,7 +789,7 @@
#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment
#. to display an error message where
#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353
msgid ""
"The error message is:\n"
"\n"
@@ -797,7 +798,7 @@

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375
msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1."
msgstr ""

@@ -807,11 +808,11 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397
msgid ""
"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
-"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly
Avasys)"
-"\n"
+"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly "
+"Avasys)\n"
"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n";
"(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
"where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n"
@@ -828,22 +829,23 @@

#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440
msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository
availa"
-"ble."
+"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
+"available."
msgstr ""

#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
-msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the
repository."
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455
+msgid ""
+"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
msgstr ""

#. Only a simple message because:
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
#. or this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474
msgid "Failed to install required package %1."
msgstr ""

@@ -851,22 +853,22 @@
#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495
msgid ""
"Failed to determine the active scanners.\n"
"If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n"
"with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n"
"this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n"
"gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n"
-"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is
fix"
-"ed.\n"
+"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is "
+"fixed.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was
determined.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517
msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners."
msgstr ""

@@ -878,8 +880,8 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""

@@ -891,8 +893,8 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr ""

@@ -900,7 +902,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was
determined.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575
msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers."
msgstr ""

@@ -908,7 +910,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634
msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically."
msgstr ""

@@ -920,53 +922,53 @@
#. - Determine active backends
#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK
scanners
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764
msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr ""

#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
msgid "Read or create the scanner database"
msgstr ""

#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr ""

#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774
msgid "Determine active drivers"
msgstr ""

#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
msgid "Detect scanners"
msgstr ""

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779
msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgstr ""

#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..."
msgstr ""

#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr ""

#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785
msgid "Determining active drivers..."
msgstr ""

@@ -975,49 +977,49 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068
msgid "Detecting scanners..."
msgstr ""

#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database):
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857
msgid "Creating scanner database..."
msgstr ""

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891
msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database."
msgstr ""

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931
msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1."
msgstr ""

#. Write scanner settings:
#. - Save the actual environment
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021
msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024
msgid "Save the actual environment"
msgstr ""

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
msgid "Saving the actual environment..."
msgstr ""

@@ -1025,7 +1027,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n"
@@ -1037,7 +1039,7 @@

#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n"
"This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n"
@@ -1050,7 +1052,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109
msgid ""
"It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n"
"Should the hplip package be installed?\n"
@@ -1058,7 +1060,7 @@

#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -1067,34 +1069,34 @@

#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner
configuration"
-".\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner "
+"configuration.\n"
msgstr ""

#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294
msgid "Not Configured:"
msgstr ""

#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr ""

#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr ""

#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr ""

@@ -1105,14 +1107,14 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr ""

#. A suffix for the second column of a table
#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column
#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400
msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver"
msgstr ""

@@ -1120,12 +1122,12 @@
#. when neither a scanner was autodetected
#. nor an active scanner was found
#. nor an active driver was found:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424
msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
msgstr ""

#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware
upload:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453
msgid "Firmware upload required."
msgstr ""

@@ -1134,79 +1136,79 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459
msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required."
msgstr ""

#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
#. which provides the driver for the particular model:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525
msgid "Package %1"
msgstr ""

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality."
msgstr ""

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552
msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality."
msgstr ""

#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559
msgid "This scanner is not supported."
msgstr ""

#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564
msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1."
msgstr ""

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
msgstr ""

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582
msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality."
msgstr ""

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested."
msgstr ""

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality."
msgstr ""

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607
msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality."
msgstr ""

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
msgstr ""

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625
msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality."
msgstr ""

#. which are listed but without a known support status:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown."
msgstr ""

@@ -1216,31 +1218,32 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird
Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884
msgid ""
-"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's
memor"
-"y.\n"
+"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's "
+"memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
"\n"
-"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot
distribute"
-" it.\n"
+"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot "
+"distribute it.\n"
"Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n"
-"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web
s"
-"ite.\n"
-"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular
scanner."
-"\n"
+"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web "
+"site.\n"
+"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular "
+"scanner.\n"
"Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n"
"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n";
"\n"
"After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n"
-"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware
upload.\n"
+"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware "
+"upload.\n"
"The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n"
msgstr ""

#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with
the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1253,22 +1256,24 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
"\n"
-"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be
initialized.\n"
+"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be "
+"initialized.\n"
"Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n"
"The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n"
"Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n"
"before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n"
"An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n"
-"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB
fails,"
-"\n"
+"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB "
+"fails,\n"
"set up the PTAL system manually.\n"
"If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n"
-"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g.,
/dev/usb/lp0),\n"
+"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/"
+"lp0),\n"
"so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n"
"\n"
"Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n"
@@ -1278,63 +1283,63 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
"and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n"
"If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n"
"Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n"
-"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal
ser"
-"vice.\n"
+"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal "
+"service.\n"
msgstr ""

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr ""

#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr ""

#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr ""

#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr ""

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr ""

#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr ""

#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr ""

#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr ""

#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr ""

@@ -1344,7 +1349,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr ""

@@ -1352,9 +1357,8 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing
system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""

@@ -1366,7 +1370,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr ""

@@ -1375,19 +1379,12 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr ""

-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
-msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1400,51 +1397,51 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259
msgid ""
-"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not
deactiva"
-"ted because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
+"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not "
+"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr ""

#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr ""

#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr ""

#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr ""

#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr ""

#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr ""

#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr ""

#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver
name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device
identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr ""

@@ -1452,7 +1449,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1462,7 +1459,7 @@

#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr ""

@@ -1472,7 +1469,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be
autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being
tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr ""

@@ -1480,7 +1477,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1492,7 +1489,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was
configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr ""

@@ -1500,7 +1497,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to
be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr ""

@@ -1515,11 +1512,11 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr ""

#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-03 01:29+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-03 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
msgid "List partitions"
msgstr ""

-#. Title for dialogue
+#. Title for dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
msgstr ""
@@ -82,24 +82,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: button text
-#. this is the resize case
-#.
-#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
+#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
+#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""

#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -108,7 +105,7 @@

#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -118,7 +115,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -131,25 +128,25 @@

#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -492,12 +489,12 @@
#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
#. anyway
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
msgid "Available &Disks"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)"
msgstr ""

@@ -505,13 +502,13 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr ""

#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
msgid ""
"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -521,7 +518,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -530,7 +527,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help part 2 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
@@ -538,7 +535,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help part 3 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -551,7 +548,7 @@
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
#. Information what to do, background information
#. Information what to do, background information
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
@@ -559,14 +556,24 @@

#. there is a selection from which one option must be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr ""

-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2"
msgstr ""

+#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
+msgid ""
+"This is for experts only.\n"
+"You might lose support if you use this!\n"
+"\n"
+"Please refer to the manual to make sure your custom\n"
+"partitioning meets the requirements of this product."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -624,17 +631,33 @@
#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
msgid ""
+"No snapshots possible.\n"
+"Please use larger root partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+msgid ""
"The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n"
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""

+#. A custom configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A standard configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Standard"
+msgstr ""
+
#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
msgid "&Partitioning"
msgstr ""

@@ -766,7 +789,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""

@@ -784,7 +807,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -794,7 +817,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -804,7 +827,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -814,7 +837,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -825,7 +848,7 @@

#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
@@ -836,7 +859,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -849,17 +872,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
"We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
"\n"
-"Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+"Really keep this size of the boot partition?\n"
msgstr ""

#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -871,7 +894,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -883,7 +906,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -895,7 +918,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -904,7 +927,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -915,7 +938,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -930,7 +953,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -945,12 +968,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -964,7 +987,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -973,7 +996,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -982,7 +1005,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
@@ -991,7 +1014,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -999,53 +1022,53 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
"mounted:\n"
@@ -1056,7 +1079,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1066,7 +1089,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1076,7 +1099,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1084,6 +1107,18 @@
"deleting the extended partition.\n"
msgstr ""

+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
+msgid ""
+"Warning:\n"
+"\n"
+"Your root partition is very small for snapshots.\n"
+"We recommend to increase the size of the root partition\n"
+"to %1 or more or to disable snapshots.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really keep the current setup?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. heading text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
@@ -1091,13 +1126,13 @@

#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""

#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""

@@ -1124,7 +1159,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""

@@ -1135,7 +1170,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""

@@ -1155,7 +1190,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1164,7 +1199,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1269,47 +1304,54 @@
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "O&ptions..."
msgstr ""

+#. Translators: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
+msgid "Enable Snapshots"
+msgstr ""
+
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
msgid "&Encrypt Device"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
msgid "File system &ID:"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Format"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Do &not format"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
msgid "&Format"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Fs&tab Options"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr ""

#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1324,7 +1366,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1332,7 +1374,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1340,21 +1382,21 @@
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1362,27 +1404,27 @@
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
msgid "Continue resizing?"
msgstr ""

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
msgid ""
"\n"
"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1392,7 +1434,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1402,7 +1444,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1412,7 +1454,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1422,7 +1464,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1431,47 +1473,40 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
msgid "New Subvolume"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
msgid "Add new"
msgstr ""

#. button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""

-#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
-msgid "Enable Snapshots"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr ""

@@ -1489,7 +1524,7 @@
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""

@@ -1521,7 +1556,7 @@

#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
@@ -1535,7 +1570,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
@@ -1549,7 +1584,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
@@ -1572,7 +1607,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1620,17 +1655,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n"
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID."
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
msgid ""
"You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n"
"that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n"
@@ -1641,17 +1676,8 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
msgid ""
-"You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
-"with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
-"/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
-"nonloopbacked file system.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158
-msgid ""
"You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n"
"may contain files that need to be executable.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1664,41 +1690,41 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
#. @param mount mount point
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
msgstr ""

#. && mount!="swap" )
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
msgid ""
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
msgid ""
"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
msgid ""
"You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n"
"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
@@ -1706,34 +1732,36 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
"to a device without a swap file system."
msgstr ""

#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299
+#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
+#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
msgid ""
"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
-"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
+"The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n"
+"The minimum size for this file system is %3.\n"
msgstr ""

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
msgstr ""

#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1748,12 +1776,12 @@

#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1761,26 +1789,26 @@

#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""

@@ -2038,11 +2066,9 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@xxxxxxx>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""

@@ -2073,9 +2099,8 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@xxxxxxx>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
@@ -2097,8 +2122,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2115,8 +2139,7 @@
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
@@ -2229,47 +2252,47 @@
msgstr ""

#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""

#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2278,17 +2301,17 @@
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2298,7 +2321,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2307,56 +2330,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""

#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""

#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""

@@ -2364,8 +2387,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2377,33 +2400,33 @@

#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""

#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""

#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2413,7 +2436,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2422,12 +2445,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""

@@ -2677,7 +2700,7 @@

#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5221
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""

@@ -2861,8 +2884,7 @@
msgstr ""

#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr ""

@@ -2953,8 +2975,7 @@

#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
@@ -4512,23 +4533,23 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
@@ -4537,29 +4558,29 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
@@ -4568,36 +4589,36 @@
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
msgid "Mountable by User"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -4609,12 +4630,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -4622,12 +4643,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -4641,42 +4662,42 @@
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
msgid ""
"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
"again."
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
@@ -4685,24 +4706,24 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
@@ -4710,12 +4731,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
@@ -4723,12 +4744,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
@@ -4737,29 +4758,29 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
@@ -4767,12 +4788,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
@@ -4783,12 +4804,12 @@

#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
@@ -4798,25 +4819,25 @@

#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
@@ -4824,12 +4845,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
@@ -4839,12 +4860,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -4852,7 +4873,7 @@

#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
@@ -4860,24 +4881,24 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -4886,7 +4907,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
@@ -4895,12 +4916,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -4914,12 +4935,12 @@
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -4927,7 +4948,7 @@

#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
@@ -4936,36 +4957,36 @@
msgstr ""

#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr ""

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
@@ -5042,7 +5063,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:989
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""

@@ -5055,7 +5076,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5064,7 +5085,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5072,7 +5093,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5081,24 +5102,24 @@

#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""

#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5106,12 +5127,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""

#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5119,98 +5140,98 @@
msgstr ""

#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""

#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""

#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""

#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5233
msgid ""
"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5259
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5273
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5311
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5218,7 +5239,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5351
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5226,7 +5247,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see
bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5373
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5234,18 +5255,18 @@
msgstr ""

#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this
function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5462
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5463
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""

#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6013
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""

@@ -5832,33 +5853,33 @@

#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
msgid ""
"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
"under Windows."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
msgid ""
"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
@@ -5866,7 +5887,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5875,45 +5896,45 @@
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""

#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""

#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""

#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr ""

@@ -5959,3 +5980,120 @@
#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr ""
+
+#. UI Dialog for creating a partition
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/dialogs/create_partition.rb:63
+msgid "Create Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Opt(:notify),
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/dialogs/create_partition.rb:67
+msgid "Maximum Size (TODO)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. UI Dialog for creating a partition table
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/dialogs/create_partition_table.rb:69
+msgid "Select new partition table type for %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. UI dialog to format (create a filesystem) a given block device
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/dialogs/format.rb:64
+msgid "Format Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/dialogs/format.rb:65
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:58
+msgid "Filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Commit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:51
+msgid "MD RAIDs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:52
+msgid "LVM VGs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:53
+msgid "LUKSes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:54
+msgid "Bcaches"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:55
+msgid "Bcache Csets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:56
+msgid "Filesystems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:59
+msgid "Device Graph (probed)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:60
+msgid "Device Graph (staging)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:61
+msgid "Action Graph"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/expert_partitioner/tree.rb:62
+msgid "Action List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This code is only executed once (when the class is loaded), but YaST
+#. allows to change the language in execution time. Thus, we use N_() here
+#. to mark the code as translatable and _() in .table_header to perform the
+#. real translation on execution time.
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:50
+msgid "Storage ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:51
+msgid "Icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:53
+msgid "VG Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:54
+msgid "LV Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:55
+msgid "Block Device Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:57
+msgid "Partition Table"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:62
+msgid "Transport"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:63
+msgid "Mount By"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:64
+msgid "RAID Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:65
+msgid "Spare"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/storage/extensions.rb:66
+msgid "Faulty"
+msgstr ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-31 02:31+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-31 02:31+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 02:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-20 02:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""

@@ -593,19 +593,19 @@
msgstr ""

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not "
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount'
command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -630,39 +630,39 @@
msgstr ""

#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr ""

#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr ""

#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309
msgid "&Device"
msgstr ""

#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr ""

#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values
later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -670,17 +670,17 @@
"<b>udev path:</b> %6"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446
msgid "None"
msgstr ""

#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr ""

#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the "
"upgrade\n"
@@ -690,22 +690,22 @@
msgstr ""

#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr ""

#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr ""

#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This "
"is\n"
@@ -726,37 +726,37 @@
msgstr ""

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr ""

#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr ""

#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813
msgid "before update"
msgstr ""

#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr ""

#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr ""

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:29+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:29+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-31 02:29+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
msgstr ""

#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69
+#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70
msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgstr ""


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC (rev
97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC (rev
97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -62,46 +62,46 @@
msgstr ""

#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60
msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. help text for XPRAM 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62
msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label for to not start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86
msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM"
msgstr ""

#. radio button label for to start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95
msgid "&Start XPRAM"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107
msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data"
msgstr ""

#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr ""

#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140
msgid "File System Type"
msgstr ""

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149
msgid "F&ile System to Use:"
msgstr ""

@@ -111,36 +111,34 @@
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr ""

#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""

-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135
msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
msgstr ""

-#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram
start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
-#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151
msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
msgstr ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2017-05-16 13:08:21 UTC
(rev 97345)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2017-05-16 18:55:19 UTC
(rev 97346)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-05 02:27+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@xxxxxx>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@

#. AppArmor dialog caption
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60
msgid "AppArmor Configuration"
msgstr ""

@@ -137,171 +137,53 @@
#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48
msgid ""
-"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and "
-"AppArmor profile settings."
+"Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u "
+"apparmor) to diagnose"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116
-msgid "1 minute"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117
-msgid "5 minutes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118
-msgid "10 minutes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119
-msgid "15 minutes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120
-msgid "30 minutes"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121
-msgid "1 hour"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122
-msgid "1 day"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123
-msgid "1 week"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233
-msgid "Security Event Notification"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138
-msgid "Terse Notification"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200
-msgid "Frequency"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203
-msgid "Email Address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208
-msgid "Severity"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217
-msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167
-msgid "Summary Notification"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196
-msgid "Verbose Notification"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
-msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
-msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434
-msgid "Notification is enabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Notification Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431
-msgid "Notification is disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. AppArmor Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422
-msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426
-msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
"enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82
msgid "&Enable AppArmor"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89
msgid "Configure AppArmor"
msgstr ""

-#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor
-#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"),
-#. `HBox(
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1),
-#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )),
-#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1)
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20),
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95
msgid "Configure Profile Modes"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101
msgid "Set profile modes"
msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
msgid "Co&nfigure"
msgstr ""

#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
@@ -1801,8 +1683,3 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476
msgid "You must select a profile to edit."
msgstr ""
-
-#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51
-#, perl-format
-msgid "Failed copying %s."
-msgstr ""


< Previous Next >
This Thread
  • No further messages